gtk/po-properties/fr.po

7684 lines
217 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

# French translation of gtk+ 2.0.
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
# Copyright (C) 1998-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+ package.
#
# Vincent Renardias <vincent@debian.org>, 1998-1999.
# Christophe Merlet <redfox@redfoxcenter.org>, 2000-2005.
# Christophe Fergeau <christophe.fergeau@laposte.net>, 2002.
# David Bellot <David.Bellot@inrialpes.fr>, 2003.
# Xavier Claessens <x_claessens@skynet.be>, 2005.
# Gianni Moschini <gianni@cmsoft.net>, 2006.
# Jonathan Ernst <jonathan@ernstfamily.ch>, 2006.
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
# Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>, 2007-2010.
# Yannick Tailliez <ytdispatch-libre02@yahoo.com>, 2008.
# Laurent Coudeur <laurentc@iol.ie>, 2009
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
# Bruno Brouard <annoa.b@gmail.com>, 2009.
#
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
# spin button : bouton compteur
# spinner : bouton animé
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+_properties HEAD\n"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2010-03-23 14:18:29 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-22 23:35-0400\n"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-06 22:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>\n"
"Language-Team: GNOME French Team <gnomefr@traduc.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:165
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "En boucle"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:166
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'animation doit faire une boucle lorsqu'elle atteint la fin"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:89
msgid "Number of Channels"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de canaux"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:90
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "Le nombre d'échantillons par pixel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:99
msgid "Colorspace"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Espace de couleurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:100
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "L'espace de couleurs dans lequel les échantillons sont interprétés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108
msgid "Has Alpha"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "A une couche alpha"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le pixbuf a un canal alpha"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:122
msgid "Bits per Sample"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Bits par échantillon"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:123
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Le nombre de bits par échantillon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:633 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:208
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Le nombre de colonnes du pixbuf"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:142 gtk/gtklayout.c:642
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Le nombre de lignes du pixbuf"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:159
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "Pas des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:160
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Le nombre d'octets entre le début d'une ligne et le début de la ligne "
"suivante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:169
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr "Pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:170
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Un pointeur vers les données de pixels du pixbuf"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Visuel par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:104
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "Le visuel par défaut pour GDK"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:538 gtk/gtkinvisible.c:86 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:280 gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Écran"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:539
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "le GdkScreen pour le moteur de rendu"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Options de la police"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:76
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
msgstr "Les options de police par défaut pour l'écran"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Résolution de la police"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:84
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "La résolution des polices à l'écran"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkwindow.c:496 gdk/gdkwindow.c:497
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Curseur"
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:298
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program name"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Nom du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:299
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"Le nom du programme. S'il n'est pas défini, il sera par défaut "
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"g_get_application_name()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:313
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program version"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Version du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:314
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The version of the program"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "La version du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright string"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Chaîne du copyright"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:329
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Information de copyright pour le programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:346
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Chaîne des commentaires"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:347
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Commentaires à propos du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:381
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "Adresse du site Web"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:382
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "L'URL pour le lien vers le site Web du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:397
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Étiquette du site Web"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:398
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"L'étiquette pour le lien vers le site Web du programme. Si non définie, "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"l'étiquette par défaut est celle de l'URL"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:414
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Authors"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Auteurs"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:415
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Liste des auteurs du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:431
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentalistes"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:432
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Liste des documentalistes du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:448
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Artists"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Artistes"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:449
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Liste des contributeurs aux graphismes du programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:466
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Remerciements aux traducteurs"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:467
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"Remerciements aux traducteurs. Cette chaîne doit être marquée traduisible"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:482
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Logo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:483
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Un logo pour la boîte de dialogue « À propos ». Par défaut, sa valeur est "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:498
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Nom de l'icône logo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:499
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Une icône à utiliser pour le logo dans la boîte de dialogue « À propos »."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:512
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Mettre en forme la licence"
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:513
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut ajouter les retours de ligne automatiques dans le texte de "
"licence."
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:178
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Fermeture d'accélérateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:179
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "La fermeture à surveiller pour les modifications d'accélérateurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:185
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Composant graphique Accelerator"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:186
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le composant graphique à surveiller pour les modifications d'accélérateurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:181 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:170 gtk/gtkprinter.c:111
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:182
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nom unique pour l'action."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:200 gtk/gtkbutton.c:219 gtk/gtkexpander.c:195
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:105 gtk/gtklabel.c:506 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:305
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:204 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1535
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:201
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"L'étiquette utilisée pour les éléments de menus et les boutons qui activent "
"cette action."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:217
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Étiquette courte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:218
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Une étiquette plus courte qui peut être utilisée pour les boutons de la "
"barre d'outils."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:226
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Bulle d'aide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:227
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Une bulle d'aide pour cette action."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:242
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icône prédéfinie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:243
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"L'icône prédéfinie affichée dans les composants graphiques représentant "
"cette action."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:263 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:253
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:264 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 gtk/gtkimage.c:339
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:254
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "L'objet « GIcon » affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:284 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171 gtk/gtkimage.c:321
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:160 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:237 gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nom de l'icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:285 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 gtk/gtkimage.c:322
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:238
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "Le nom de l'icône dans le thème d'icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:292 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visible quand horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:293 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:193
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'élément de la barre d'outil est visible quand la barre d'outils "
"est horizontale."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:308
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Visible when overflown"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Visible lorsque survolé"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:309
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Quand VRAI, l'outil est représenté dans le menu déroulant de la barre "
"d'outils."
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:316 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visible quand vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:317 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:200
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'élément de la barre d'outil est visible quand la barre d'outils "
"est verticale."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:324 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:206
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "Est important"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:325
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'action est considérée comme importante. Lorsque VRAI, l'élément "
"graphique d'accès à cet outil affiche le texte en utilisant le mode "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:333
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Cacher si vide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:334
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr "Lorsque VRAI, les menus vides pour cette action sont cachés."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:340 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:177 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:193
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:593
msgid "Sensitive"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:341
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indique si l'action est activée."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:347 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:184 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:296
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:192 gtk/gtkwidget.c:586
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:348
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indique si l'action est visible."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:354
msgid "Action Group"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Groupe d'actions"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:355
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le GtkActionGroup auquel GtkAction est associé, ou NULL (pour un usage "
"interne)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:373 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:169
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Toujours afficher l'image"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:374 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:170
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indique si l'image est toujours affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:171
msgid "A name for the action group."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Un nom pour le groupe d'actions."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:178
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le groupe d'actions est activé."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:185
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le groupe d'actions est visible."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:308
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
msgstr "Action liée"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
# For the author: this is unclear
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:309
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
msgstr ""
"L'action que cet objet activable active et dont elle obtient les mises à jour"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:331
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
msgstr "Utiliser l'apparence de l'action"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:332
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
msgstr "Indique si l'on utilise les propriétés d'apparence des actions liées"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:93 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:128
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:206 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:269
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:94
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "La valeur de l'ajustement"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:110
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valeur minimale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:111
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "La valeur minimale de l'ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:130
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valeur maximale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "La valeur maximale de l'ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:147
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incrément du pas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "Le pas d'incrément de l'ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:164
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incrément de la page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:165
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "L'incrément de la page de l'ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Taille de la page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "La taille de la page de l'ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:90
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Alignement horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:91 gtk/gtkbutton.c:270
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"La position horizontale du fils dans l'espace disponible. 0.0 pour un "
"alignement à gauche, 1.0 pour un alignement à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:100
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Alignement vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:101 gtk/gtkbutton.c:289
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"La position verticale du fils dans l'espace disponible. 0.0 pour un "
"alignement en haut, 1.0 pour un alignement en bas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:109
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Mise à l'échelle horizontale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:110
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si l'espace horizontal disponible est plus grand que nécessaire pour le "
"fils, une utilisation de 0.0 signifie « ne rien utiliser » et 1.0 signifie "
 tout utiliser »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:118
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Mise à l'échelle verticale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:119
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Si l'espace vertical disponible est plus grand que nécessaire pour le fils, "
"une utilisation de 0.0 signifie « ne rien utiliser » et 1.0 signifie « tout "
"utiliser »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:136
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage du haut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "Le remplissage à ajouter en haut du composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:153
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage du bas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:154
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "Le remplissage à ajouter en bas du composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:170
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage de gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:171
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "Le remplissage à ajouter à gauche du composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:187
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage de droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:188
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "Le remplissage à ajouter à droite du composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:75
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Direction de la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:76
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "Direction dans laquelle doit pointer la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:84
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Ombre de la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:85
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Apparence de l'ombre entourant la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:92 gtk/gtkmenu.c:711 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:368
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Dimensions de la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:93
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Quantité d'espace consommé par la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:79
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Alignement horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:80
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Alignement du fils sur l'axe X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:86
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Alignement vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:87
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Alignement du fils sur l'axe Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:93
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Ratio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:94
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Ratio d'aspect si obey_child est FALSE"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:100
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obéir au fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:101
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forcer le ratio d'aspect pour correspondre au cadre du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:284
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage d'en-tête"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:285
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Nombre de pixels autour de l'en-tête."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:292
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Remplissage du contenu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:293
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Nombre de pixels autour des pages de contenu."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:309
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Type de page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:310
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "Type de la page d'assistant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:327
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Titre de la page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:328
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "Le titre de la page d'assistant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:344
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Image d'en-tête"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:345
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Image d'en-tête pour la page d'assistant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:361
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Image de panneau latéral"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:362
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Image de panneau latéral pour la page d'assistant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:377
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Page terminée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:378
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Indique si tous les champs obligatoires de la page ont été remplis"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:101
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largeur minimale des fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:102
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Largeur minimale des boutons dans la boîte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:110
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Hauteur minimale des fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:111
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Hauteur minimale des boutons dans la boîte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:119
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Remplissage interne en largeur du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:120
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille du fils de chaque côté"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:128
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Remplissage interne en hauteur du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:129
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Augmentation de la taille du fils en haut et en bas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:137
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Style de mise en page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:138
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"Comment agencer les boutons dans la boîte. Les valeurs possibles sont "
"default, spread, edge, start et end"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:146
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:147
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, le fils apparaît dans un groupe secondaire des fils, adéquat par "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"ex., pour des boutons d'aide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:130 gtk/gtkexpander.c:219 gtk/gtkiconview.c:665
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:217
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "La quantité d'espace entre les fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:140 gtk/gtknotebook.c:657 gtk/gtktable.c:165
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:573 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1588
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogène"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:141
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indique si les fils doivent tous avoir la même taille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:148 gtk/gtkpreview.c:101 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:565
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1595 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1052
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Développer"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:149
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le fils doit recevoir de l'espace supplémentaire lorsque le "
"parent grandit"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:155 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1602
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Remplir"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:156
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'espace supplémentaire donné au fils doit être alloué au fils ou "
"utilisé comme bourrage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:162
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Bourrage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:163
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espace supplémentaire à mettre entre le fils et son voisinage, en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:169
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Type de disposition"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:170 gtk/gtknotebook.c:724
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType indique si le fils est positionné relativement au début ou à "
"la fin du parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:176 gtk/gtknotebook.c:702 gtk/gtkpaned.c:241
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:148 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1616
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:177 gtk/gtknotebook.c:703
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "L'index du fils dans le parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:96
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Domaine de traduction"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:97
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "Le domaine de traduction utilisé par gettext"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:220
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Texte de l'étiquette du composant graphique à l'intérieur du bouton, si le "
"bouton contient une étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:227 gtk/gtkexpander.c:203 gtk/gtklabel.c:527
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:320 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:211
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Utiliser le soulignement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:228 gtk/gtkexpander.c:204 gtk/gtklabel.c:528
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:321
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Si défini, un soulignement dans le texte indique que le caractère suivant "
"doit être utilisé comme touche d'accélération mnémonique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:150
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Utiliser le stock"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Si défini, l'étiquette est utilisée pour piocher un élément du stock au lieu "
"d'être affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:796 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:393
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Activation lors du clic"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:394
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton devient actif lorsqu'il est cliqué avec la souris"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:251
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relief de la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:252
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Le style de relief de la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:269
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Alignement horizontal pour le fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:288
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Alignement vertical pour le fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:305 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:135
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Composant graphique Image"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:306
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Composant graphique fils qui apparaît à côté du texte du bouton"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:320
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Position de l'image"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:321
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "Position relative de l'image par rapport au texte"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:441
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:442
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Espacement supplémentaire pour les boutons GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:456
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement extérieur par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:457
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
"Espace supplémentaire à ajouter pour les boutons GTK_CAN_DEFAULT qui est "
"toujours dessiné en dehors de la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:462
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Déplacement en X du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:463
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Déplacement du fils, suivant l'axe x, lorsque le bouton est relâché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:470
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Déplacement en Y du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:471
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Déplacement du fils, suivant l'axe y, lorsque le bouton est relâché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:487
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Déplacer l'activation"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:488
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si les propriétés child_displacement_x/_y doivent aussi affecter le "
"rectangle d'activation"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:501 gtk/gtkentry.c:695 gtk/gtkentry.c:1740
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordure intérieure"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:502
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordure entre les bords de bouton et le fils."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:515
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espacement d'image"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:516
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espace en pixels entre l'image et l'étiquette"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:530
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Afficher les images des boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:531
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indique si les images doivent être affichées sur les boutons"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Année"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "L'année sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:454
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mois"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:455
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "Le mois sélectionné (un nombre entre 0 et 11)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Jour"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"Le jour sélectionné (un nombre entre 1 et 31, ou 0 pour désélectionner le "
"jour actuellement sélectionné)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Afficher les en-têtes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Si VRAI, un en-tête est affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Afficher le nom des jours"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Si VRAI, le nom des jours est affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Aucun changement de mois"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
msgstr "Si VRAI, le mois sélectionné ne peut être modifié"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:528
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Afficher les numéros de semaine"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Si VRAI, les numéros de semaine sont affichés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largeur de la zone de détails"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:545
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "Largeur de la zone de détails, en caractères"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:560
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Hauteur de la zone de détails"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:561
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "Hauteur de la zone de détails, en lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:577
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Afficher les détails"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:578
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Si VRAI, les détails sont affichés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:76
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Édition annulée"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:77
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Indique que l'édition a été annulée"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:177
msgid "mode"
msgstr "mode"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:178
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Mode d'édition du CellRenderer"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:186
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:187
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Affiche la cellule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:194
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Affiche la cellule sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:201
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:202
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "Le x-align"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:211
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:212
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "Le y-align"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "Le xpad"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:232
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "Le ypad"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
msgid "width"
msgstr "largeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "La largeur fixée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
msgid "height"
msgstr "hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "La hauteur fixée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Est un étendeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
msgid "Row has children"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "La ligne a des fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Est étendu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "La ligne est une ligne d'expansion et est étendue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nom de la couleur d'arrière-plan de la cellule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan de la cellule en tant que chaîne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan de la cellule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan de la cellule en tant que GdkColor"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Édition"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indique si le rendu de la cellule est en mode d'édition"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:303
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Arrière-plan de la cellule défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la couleur de fond de la cellule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:114
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Touche de raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:115
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "La valeur de la touche de raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:131
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificateurs de raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:132
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "Le masque de modification du raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:149
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Code de touche du raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:150
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "Code de touche matériel du raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:169
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Mode de raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:170
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "Le type de raccourci"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:107
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modèle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:108
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le modèle contenant les différentes valeurs possibles pour la liste "
"déroulante"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:130 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:106
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Colonne de texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:131 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:107
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Une colonne dans le modèle source de données à utiliser pour récupérer les "
"chaînes de caractères"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:148
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Possède une Entry"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:149
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si FAUX, la saisie de chaînes de caractères autres que celles précisées "
"n'est pas autorisée"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:111
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Objet pixbuf"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:112
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "Le pixbuf à rendre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:119
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf de l'étendeur ouvert"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf pour l'étendeur ouvert"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:127
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf de l'étendeur fermé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf pour l'étendeur fermé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:135 gtk/gtkimage.c:263 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:229
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID du stock"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "L'ID du stock de l'icône de stock à rendre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:143 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:245 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:270
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Taille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "La valeur de GtkIconSize qui spécifie la taille de l'icône rendu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Détail"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Détails du rendu à passer au moteur de thèmes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Suivre État"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indique si le pixbuf rendu doit être colorié en accord avec l'état"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205 gtk/gtkimage.c:338 gtk/gtkwindow.c:595
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:129
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Valeur de la barre de progression"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:146 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:195
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:738 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:153
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:184 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:198
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:147
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texte à afficher dans la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:170 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:171
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Définissez des valeurs positives pour indiquer une progression, mais sans "
"savoir exactement combien."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:187 gtk/gtkprogress.c:118
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Alignement x du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:188 gtk/gtkprogress.c:119
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"Alignement horizontal du texte, de 0 (gauche) à 1 (droite). Inversé pour les "
"dispositions RTL."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:204 gtk/gtkprogress.c:125
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Alignement y du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:205 gtk/gtkprogress.c:126
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "Alignement vertical du texte, de 0 (haut) à 1 (bas)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:221 gtk/gtkiconview.c:729
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:74 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:126 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:328
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:110
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:222 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:127
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Orientation et direction de la croissance de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:93 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:118 gtk/gtkrange.c:367
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:225 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:208
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
msgstr "L'ajustement qui contient la valeur du bouton de sélection numérique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:109
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taux d'accélération"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:110 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:217
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "Taux d'accélération quand vous gardez un bouton enfoncé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:123 gtk/gtkscale.c:218 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:226
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Chiffres"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:124 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:227
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "Nombre de chiffres décimaux à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:124 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:98
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:501 gtk/gtkspinner.c:128 gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:115 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:114
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le bouton animé est actif (c-à-d affiché) dans la cellule"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
msgstr "Rythme du bouton animé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
msgstr "La valeur de GtkIconSize qui spécifie la taille du bouton animé rendu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:196
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texte à rendre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:203
msgid "Markup"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Texte balisé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:204
msgid "Marked up text to render"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Texte balisé à rendre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:211 gtk/gtklabel.c:513
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:212
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "Une liste d'attributs de style à appliquer au texte à rendre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:219
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Mode simple paragraphe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indique si il faut garder tout le texte dans un seul paragraphe ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 gtk/gtkcellview.c:160 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nom de la couleur d'arrière-plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtkcellview.c:161 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184
msgid "Background color as a string"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan en tant que chaîne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 gtk/gtkcellview.c:167 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:168
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan en tant que GdkColor"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nom de la couleur de premier plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur de premier plan en tant que chaîne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Couleur de premier plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur de premier plan en tant que GdkColor"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 gtk/gtkentry.c:662 gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:577
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Éditable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262 gtk/gtktexttag.c:252 gtk/gtktextview.c:578
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indique si le texte peut être modifié par l'utilisateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:203 gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr "Description de la police en tant que chaîne, c.à.d. « Sans Italic 12 »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Description de la police en tant que structure PangoFontDescription"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
msgid "Font family"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Famille de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Nom de la famille de la police, c.à.d. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
msgid "Font style"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Style de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
msgid "Font variant"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Variante de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
msgid "Font weight"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Épaisseur de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Étirement de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:332
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Taille de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Points de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:342 gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Taille de la police en points"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:351 gtk/gtktexttag.c:339
msgid "Font scale"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Échelle de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:352
msgid "Font scaling factor"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Facteur d'échelle de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361 gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
msgid "Rise"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Élévation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Décalage du texte au-dessus de la ligne de base (au-dessous si l'élévation "
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
"est négative)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:373 gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Barré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:374 gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le texte est barré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
msgid "Underline"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Souligné"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 gtk/gtktexttag.c:467
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Style de soulignement pour ce texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 gtk/gtktexttag.c:378
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Langue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"La langue de ce texte, en tant que code ISO. Pango peut l'utiliser comme une "
"aide pour rendre le texte. Si vous ne comprenez pas ce paramètre, vous n'en "
"avez probablement pas besoin"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 gtk/gtklabel.c:638 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:206
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Découpe"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"have enough room to display the entire string"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgstr ""
"L'endroit préféré pour tronquer la chaîne de caractères, si jamais la "
"cellule n'offre pas assez de place pour l'afficher en entier"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:431 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:421
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:658
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largeur en caractères"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 gtk/gtklabel.c:659
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "La taille désirée des étiquettes, en caractères"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450 gtk/gtktexttag.c:475
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Mode de coupure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Méthode pour couper la chaîne en lignes multiples, si l'espace n'est pas "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"suffisant pour afficher la chaîne complète"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:685
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largeur de la coupure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "La largeur à laquelle le texte doit être coupé"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Comment aligner les lignes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:502 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Arrière-plan défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la couleur de fond"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:506 gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Premier plan défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la couleur d'avant-plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:510 gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Éditabilité défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'éditabilité du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514 gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Font family set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Famille de la police définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515 gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la famille de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:518 gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
msgid "Font style set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Style de la police défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le style de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:522 gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Font variant set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Variante de la police définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la variante de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:526 gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Font weight set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Épaisseur de la police définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'épaisseur de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
msgid "Font stretch set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Étirement de la police défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'étirement de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:534 gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
msgid "Font size set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Taille de la police définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la taille de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:538 gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
msgid "Font scale set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Échelle de la police définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise change la taille de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:542 gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Rise set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Élévation définie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'élévation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:546 gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Barré défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le barré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:550 gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Soulignement défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le soulignement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Langue défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr ""
"Indique si cette balise affecte le langage utilisé pour afficher le texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Découpage actif"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le mode découpe"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Alignement défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le mode d'alignement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:126
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "État de la bascule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:127
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "L'état de bascule du bouton"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:134
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "État incohérent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:135
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "L'état incohérent du bouton"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "Le bouton de bascule peut être activé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:150
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "État radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Dessine le bouton de bascule en tant que bouton radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:158
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Taille de l'indicateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:70
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Taille de l'indicateur à cocher ou radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:182
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modèle CellView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:183
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "Modèle pour la vue en cellule"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:69 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:168
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Taille de l'indicateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:77 gtk/gtkexpander.c:245 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:174
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement de l'indicateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:78
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espacement autour de l'indicateur à cocher ou radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:99
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément de menu est coché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:106 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:107
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indique s'il faut afficher un état inconsistent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:114
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Dessiner comme un élément de menu radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:115
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément de menu ressemble à un élément de menu radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Utiliser une couche alpha"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indique si il faut donner à la couleur une valeur alpha ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:186 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:407
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:142 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:424
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:265
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Titre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "Le titre de la boîte de dialogue de sélection de couleur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:201 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:293
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Couleur actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:202
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "La couleur sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:300
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alpha actuel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:217
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"La valeur sélectionnée de l'opacité (0 : entièrement transparent, 65535 : "
"entièrement opaque)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:279
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "A un contrôle d'opacité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:280
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indique si le sélecteur de couleur doit permettre de régler l'opacité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:286
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "A une palette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:287
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indique si une palette doit être utilisée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:294
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "Couleur actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:301
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"La valeur actuelle de l'opacité (0 : entièrement transparent, 65535 : "
"entièrement opaque)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:315
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Palette personnalisée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:316
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "Palette à utiliser dans le sélecteur de couleurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Sélection de la couleur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "Sélection de la couleur imbriquée dans la boîte de dialogue."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:109
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Bouton « Valider »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "Le bouton « Valider » de la boîte de dialogue."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:116
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Bouton « Annuler »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "Le bouton « Annuler » de la boîte de dialogue."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:123
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Bouton « Aide »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "Le bouton « Aide » de la boîte de dialogue."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:145
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
msgstr "Activer les touches fléchées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:146
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les touches fléchées permettent de se déplacer dans la liste"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:152
msgid "Always enable arrows"
msgstr "Toujours activer les touches fléchées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:153
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
msgstr "Propriété obsoléte, ignoré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:159
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "Sensible à la casse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:160
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément de la liste correspondant est sensible à la casse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:167
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "Autoriser vide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:168
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
msgstr "Indique si une valeur vide peut être saisie dans ce champ"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:175
msgid "Value in list"
msgstr "Valeur dans la liste"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:176
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les valeurs entrées doivent déjà être présentes dans la liste"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:668
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modèle de ComboBox"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "Le modèle pour la boîte combo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Largeur de la coupure pour l'agencement des éléments dans une grille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:708
msgid "Row span column"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Espacement des colonnes "
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:709
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Colonne du TreeModel contenant les valeurs de fusion de la ligne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:730
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Espacement des colonnes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Colonne du TreeModel contenant les valeurs de fusion de la colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:752
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Élément actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:753
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "L'élément qui est actuellement actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:772 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:226
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Ajouter des séparateurs aux menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr "Indique si les menus sont détachables"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:788 gtk/gtkentry.c:687
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "A une frame"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si la liste déroulante doit dessiner un cadre autour du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:797
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr ""
"Indique si la liste déroulante est activée lorsqu'elle est cliquée avec la "
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"souris"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:812 gtk/gtkmenu.c:556
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Titre du séparateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:813
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un titre que le gestionnaire de fenêtres peut afficher lorsque le popup est "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"détaché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:830
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Popup affiché"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indique si la liste déroulante du combo est affichée"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:847
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilité du bouton"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:848
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le bouton de déroulement est sensible lorsque la liste est vide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:855
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Apparaît comme une liste"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:856
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si les listes déroulantes doivent ressembler à des listes plutôt "
"qu'à des menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:872
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Taille de la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:873
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "Taille minimum de la flèche dans la boîte combo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:888 gtk/gtkentry.c:787 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:174
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:194 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:193 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:623
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:122
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Type d'ombre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:889
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "Indique le type d'ombre à dessiner autour de la boîte combo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:238
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Mode de redimensionnement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:239
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Indique la façon dont sont gérés les évènements de redimensionnement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:246
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:247
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "La largeur de la bordure vide à l'extérieur des conteneurs fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:255
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:256
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour ajouter un nouveau fils au conteneur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:126
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "Type de courbe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:127
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
msgstr ""
"Indique si cette courbe est linéaire, interpolée à l'aide d'une spline ou de "
"forme libre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:134
msgid "Minimum X"
msgstr "X minimum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:135
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
msgstr "Valeur minimale possible pour X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:143
msgid "Maximum X"
msgstr "X maximum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:144
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
msgstr "Valeur maximale possible pour X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:152
msgid "Minimum Y"
msgstr "Y minimum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:153
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Valeur minimale possible pour Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:161
msgid "Maximum Y"
msgstr "Y maximum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:162
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Valeur maximale possible pour Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:145
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "A un séparateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:146
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "Le dialogue a une barre de séparation au-dessus de ses boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:439
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordure de la zone de contenu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour de la zone principale du dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:209 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:456
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espacement dans la zone de contenu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:210
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "Espacement entre les éléments de la zone principale du dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:217 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:472
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:218 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:473
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espacement entre les boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:226 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:488
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordure de la zone d'action"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:227
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour de la zone des boutons en bas du dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:634
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
msgstr "Tampon de texte"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:635
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
msgstr "Objet de tampon de texte qui stocke le texte de la zone de saisie"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:642 gtk/gtklabel.c:601
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Position du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:643 gtk/gtklabel.c:602
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "La position actuelle du curseur d'insertion en caractères"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:652 gtk/gtklabel.c:611
msgid "Selection Bound"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Limite de la sélection"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:653 gtk/gtklabel.c:612
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"La position de l'autre extrêmité de la sélection comptée en caractères à "
"partir de la position du curseur."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:663
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indique si le contenu de la zone de saisie peut être édité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:670 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Longueur maximale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:671 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:384
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr ""
"Nombre maximum de caractères pour cette entrée, zéro s'il n'y a pas de "
"maximum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:679
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:680
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FAUX affiche le « caractère invisible » au lieu du texte tapé (mode mot de "
"passe)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:688
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FAUX supprime la mise en relief extérieure de l'entrée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:696
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordure entre le texte et le cadre. Écrase la propriété de style inner-border"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:703 gtk/gtkentry.c:1269
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Caractère invisible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:704 gtk/gtkentry.c:1270
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"Caractère à utiliser pour masquer le contenu d'une entrée (en « mode mot de "
"passe »)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:711
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activer les valeurs par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:712
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Indique si le composant graphique par défaut (par exemple le bouton par "
"défaut dans une boîte de dialogue) doit être activé quand l'utilisateur "
"appuie sur Entrée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:718
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largeur en caractères"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:719
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de caractères d'espace à laisser pour cette entrée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:728
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Décalage du défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:729
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de pixels de l'entrée à défiler hors de l'écran vers la gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:739
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Le contenu de l'entrée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:754 gtk/gtkmisc.c:73
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Alignement X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:755 gtk/gtkmisc.c:74
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Alignement horizontal, de 0 (gauche) à 1 (droite). Inversé pour les "
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"dispositions RTL."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:771
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Tronquer si plusieurs lignes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:772
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut tronquer les collages de plusieurs lignes à une seule "
"ligne."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:788
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Indique le type d'ombre à dessiner autour de l'entrée lorsqu'un cadre est "
"défini"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:803 gtk/gtktextview.c:657
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Mode d'écrasement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:804
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indique si le texte saisi écrase le contenu existant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:818 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Longueur du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:819
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Longueur du texte actuellement dans le champ de saisie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:834
msgid "Invisible char set"
msgstr "Caractère invisible défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:835
msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set"
msgstr "Indique si le caractère invisible a été défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:853
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Avertissement du verrouillage majuscule"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:854
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les zones de saisie de mots de passe affichent un avertissement "
"lorsque le verrouillage majuscule est activé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:868
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:869
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "La fraction actuelle de la tâche qui a déjà été effectuée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:886
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pas de la progression en pulsation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:887
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"Le pourcentage de la largeur totale de la zone dont doit se déplacer le bloc "
"de progression pour chaque appel à gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:903
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf principal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:904
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Pixbuf principal pour la zone"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:918
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:919
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Pixbuf secondaire pour la zone"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:933
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID prédéfini principal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:934
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "L'ID prédéfini de l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:948
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID prédéfini secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:949
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "L'ID prédéfini de l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:963
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nom d'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:964
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Le nom de l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:978
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nom d'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:979
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Le nom de l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:993
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:994
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon pour l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1008
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon pour l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1023
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Type de stockage principal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "La représentation utilisée pour l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1039
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Type de stockage secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "La représentation utilisée pour l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1061
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icône principale activable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1062
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône principale est activable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1082
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icône secondaire activable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône secondaire est activable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1105
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Icône principale sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1106
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône principale est sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1127
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Icône secondaire sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône secondaire est sensible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1144
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texte de l'infobulle pour l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1145 gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "Le contenu de l'infobulle pour l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1161
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texte de l'infobulle pour l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1162 gtk/gtkentry.c:1200
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "Le contenu de l'infobulle pour l'icône secondaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1180
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Balisage de l'infobulle pour l'icône principale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1199
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Balisage de l'infobulle pour l'icône secondaire"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1219 gtk/gtktextview.c:685
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Module IM"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 gtk/gtktextview.c:686
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Indique le module de méthode de saisie à utiliser"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1234
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Icônes en surbrillance"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1235
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les icônes activables doivent être en surbrillance lors d'un "
"survol du pointeur (de la souris)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1248
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordure de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "Bordure autour de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1741
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordure entre le texte et le cadre."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1755
msgid "State Hint"
msgstr "Indice d'état"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1756
msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'on doit passer un état correct lors du dessin de l'ombre ou de "
"l'arrière-plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1761 gtk/gtklabel.c:858
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Sélection lors de l'activation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1762
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le contenu de l'entrée de texte doit être sélectionné quand elle "
"est activée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1776
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Délai de l'indice de mot de passe"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1777
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Durée pendant laquelle afficher le dernier caractère saisi dans les entrées "
"masquées"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:354
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "Le contenu du tampon"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:369
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "Longueur du texte actuellement dans le tampon"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:279
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modèle de complétion"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "Le modèle où trouver des correspondances"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:286
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Longueur minimale de la clé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:287
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Taille minimale de la clé de recherche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:303 gtk/gtkiconview.c:586
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Colonne de texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:304
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "La colonne du modèle qui contient les chaînes."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:323
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Complétion dans la ligne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le préfixe commun doit être inséré automatiquement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:338
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Complétion dans un popup"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:339
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si la complétion doit être affichée dans un popup"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:354
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup set width"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Définit la largeur du popup"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Si VRAI, la fenêtre qui apparaîtra sera de la même taille que l'entrée"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:373
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Popup correspondance unique"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:374
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, la fenêtre popup qui apparaîtra le fera pour une correspondance "
"unique."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:388
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Sélection en ligne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:389
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Votre description ici"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:91
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Fenêtre visible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:92
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr "Indique si l'encadré des évènements est visible, ou invisible."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:98
msgid "Above child"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Au-dessus du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:99
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indique si la fenêtre de capture des évènements est au dessus de celle qui "
"en est l'enfant, ou si elle est en dessous."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:187
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Développé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:188
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'expandeur doit être ouvert pour révéler le composant graphique "
"fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:196
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Texte de l'étiquette de l'expandeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:211 gtk/gtklabel.c:520
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Utiliser des balises"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:212 gtk/gtklabel.c:521
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr ""
"Le texte de l'étiquette inclue des balises XML. Voir pango_parse_markup()"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:220
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Espace à mettre entre l'étiquette et le fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:229 gtk/gtkframe.c:147 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:218
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1542
msgid "Label widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique Étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:230
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Un composant graphique à afficher à la place de l'étiquette de l'expandeur "
"usuel"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:236 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1570 gtk/gtktreeview.c:777
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Taille de l'expandeur"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:237 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571 gtk/gtktreeview.c:778
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "La taille de la flèche de l'expandeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:246
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Espacement autour de la flèche de l'expandeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:758
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "Le type d'opération que le sélecteur de fichiers effectue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "File System Backend"
msgstr "Moteur du système de fichiers"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
msgstr "Nom du moteur du système de fichiers à utiliser"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "Le filtre en cours pour sélectionner les fichiers à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Local seulement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les fichiers sélectionnés doivent se limiter aux fichiers "
"locaux : URLs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783
msgid "Preview widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique de prévisualisation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Composant graphique fournit par l'application pour des aperçus personnalisés."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:789
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique de prévisualisation actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le composant graphique fournit par l'application pour des aperçus "
"personnalisés doit être affiché."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Use Preview Label"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Utiliser l'étiquette de prévisualisation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:796
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut afficher une étiquette avec le nom du fichier pré-visionné."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:801
msgid "Extra widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique supplémentaire"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:802
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Composant graphique fournit par l'application pour des options "
"supplémentaires."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:807 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:540 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:203
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Sélection multiple"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:808 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:541
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indique si plusieurs fichiers peuvent être sélectionnés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:814
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Afficher les éléments cachés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:815
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indique si les fichiers et dossiers cachés doivent être affichés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:830
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
msgstr "Demander confirmation pour écraser"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:831
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid ""
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si un sélecteur de fichier en mode enregistrement présentera une "
"confirmation d'écrasement en cas de nécessité."
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:847
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Allow folders creation"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Autoriser la création de dossiers"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:848
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
"Indique si un sélecteur de fichier en mode non ouvert propose à "
"l'utilisateur de créer de nouveaux dossiers."
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Dialogue"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "Le sélecteur de fichier à utiliser."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "Le titre de la boîte de dialogue de sélection de fichier."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:422
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "La largeur désirée du contrôle bouton, en caractères."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:526 gtk/gtkimage.c:254 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:214
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:221
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nom du fichier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:527
msgid "The currently selected filename"
msgstr "Le nom du fichier actuellement sélectionné"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:533
msgid "Show file operations"
msgstr "Afficher les opérations sur les fichiers"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:534
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les boutons de création/manipulation de fichiers doivent être "
"affichés"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:90 gtk/gtklayout.c:597
msgid "X position"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Position en X"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:91 gtk/gtklayout.c:598
msgid "X position of child widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Position en X du composant graphique fils"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:100 gtk/gtklayout.c:607
msgid "Y position"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Position en Y"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:101 gtk/gtklayout.c:608
msgid "Y position of child widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Position en Y du composant graphique fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "Le titre de la boîte de dialogue de sélection de polices"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:196
msgid "Font name"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Nom de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:159
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "Le nom de la police sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:160
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:175
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Utiliser une police dans l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indique si l'étiquette est dessinée avec la police sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:191
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Utiliser la taille dans l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'étiquette est dessinée avec la talle de police sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Afficher le style"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le style de police sélectionnée est dessiné dans l'étiquette ou "
"non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Afficher la taille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Indique si la taille de la police sélectionnée est affichée dans l'étiquette "
"ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:197
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "La chaîne qui représente cette police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:204
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "L'objet « GdkFont » actuellement sélectionné"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:210
msgid "Preview text"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Texte d'aperçu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:211
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "Le texte à afficher pour tester la police sélectionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:106
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Le texte de l'étiquette du cadre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:113
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "xalign de l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:114
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "L'alignement horizontal de l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:122
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "yalign de l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:123
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "L'alignement vertical de l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:131 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:167
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr "Propriété obsolète. Utilisez shadow_type à la place"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:138
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Ombre du cadre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:139
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Apparence de l'ombre entourant la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:148
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Un composant graphique à afficher à la place de l'étiquette de cadre usuel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:175
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Apparence de l'ombre qui entoure le conteneur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:183
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Position de la poignée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:184
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Position relative de la poignée par rapport au composant graphique fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:192
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Côté à coller"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:193
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Côté de la poignée qui est lié avec le point d'ancrage pour poser la poignée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Côté à coller défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:202
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indique si il faut utiliser la valeur de la propriété snap_edge ou une "
"valeur dérivée de handle_position"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Enfant détaché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Valeur booléenne indiquant si la poignée de l'enfant est attachée ou "
"détachée."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:549
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection mode"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Mode de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:550
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The selection mode"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Le mode de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:568
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf column"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Colonne de pixbuf"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:569
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Colonne modèle utilisée pour récupérer l'icône pixbuf"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:587
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Colonne modèle utilisée pour récupérer le texte"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:606
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Markup column"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Colonne de marqueurs"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:607
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Colonne modèle utilisée pour récupérer le texte si le balisage Pango est "
"utilisé"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:614
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modèle Vue en icône"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:615
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "Modèle pour la vue en icône"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:631
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de colonnes"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:632
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns to display"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de colonnes à afficher"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:649
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Largeur de chaque composant"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "La largeur utilisée pour chaque élément"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:666
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Espace inséré entre les cellules d'un élément"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:681
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:682
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Espace inséré entre les lignes de la grille"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:697
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des colonnes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:698
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Espace inséré entre les colonnes de la grille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:713
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Margin"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Marge"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:714
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espace inseré aux extrémités de la vue en icône"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:730
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Comment le texte et l'icône de chaque élément sont positionnés entre eux"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:746 gtk/gtktreeview.c:612 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Réordonnable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:747 gtk/gtktreeview.c:613
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "La vue est réordonnable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:754 gtk/gtktreeview.c:763
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Colonne d'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:755
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"La colonne du modèle qui contient les textes des infobulles pour les éléments"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:772
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Remplissage des éléments"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:773
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Remplissage autour des éléments dans la vue en icônes"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:782
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Color"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur de la boîte de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:783
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Color of the selection box"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur de la boîte de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:789
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alpha de la boîte de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:790
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Opacité de la boîte de sélection"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:222 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:213
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:223 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:214
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:230
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Pixmap"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:231
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixmap à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:238 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:215
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Image"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:239
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "Un GdkImage à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:246
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Masque"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:247
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr "Masque bitmap à utiliser avec GdkImage ou GdkPixmap"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:255 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:222
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nom du fichier à charger et à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:264 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:230
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID du stock pour une image du stock à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:271
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Jeu d'icônes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:272
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Jeu d'icônes à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:279 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:216 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:540
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:990
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Taille de l'icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:280
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Taille symbolique à utiliser pour l'icône du stock, le jeu d'icônes ou "
"l'icône nommée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:296
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Taille des pixels"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:297
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Taille des pixels à utiliser pour l'icône nommée"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:305
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:306
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation à afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:346 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:261
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Type de stockage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:347 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:262
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "La représentation à utiliser pour les données de l'image"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:136
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique fils à faire apparaître près du texte du menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:151
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le texte de l'étiquette doit être utilisé pour créer une entrée "
"de menu prédéfinie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:184 gtk/gtkmenu.c:516
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Groupe de raccourcis"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:185
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr ""
"Le groupe de raccourcis à utiliser pour les touches de raccourci prédéfinies"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:190
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Afficher les images du menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:191
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indique si les images doivent être affichées dans les menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:384 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:128
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Type de message"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:385 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:129
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "Type de message"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:440
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour de la zone de contenu"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:457
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
msgstr "Espacement entre les éléments de la zone"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:489
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour de la zone d'action"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:87 gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "L'écran où cette fenêtre sera affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:507
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "Le texte de l'étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:514
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Une liste d'attributs de style à appliquer au texte de l'étiquette"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:535 gtk/gtktexttag.c:359 gtk/gtktextview.c:594
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justification"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:536
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"L'alignement des lignes du texte de l'étiquette les unes par rapport aux "
"autres. Cela n'affecte PAS l'alignement de l'étiquette dans son emplacement. "
"Voir GtkMisc::xalign pour cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:544
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Motif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:545
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Une chaîne avec des caractères _ indique que le caractère suivant doit être "
"souligné"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:552
msgid "Line wrap"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Coupure des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:553
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Si activé, les lignes sont coupées lorsque le texte devient trop long"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:568
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Mode de coupure des lignes"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:569
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr ""
"Définit le type des retours automatiques en fin de ligne, si ceux-ci sont "
"activés."
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:576
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Sélectionnable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:577
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le texte de l'étiquette peut être sélectionné avec la souris"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:583
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Raccourci clavier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:584
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "Le raccourci clavier pour cette étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:592
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique Mnémonique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:593
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le composant graphique à activer lorsque la touche mnémonique est activée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:639
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"enough room to display the entire string"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgstr ""
"L'endroit préféré pour tronquer la chaîne, si l'étiquette est trop courte "
"pour afficher toute la chaîne"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:679
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Single Line Mode"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Mode simple ligne"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:680
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si l'étiquette est en mode simple ligne"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:697
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Angle"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:698
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Angle de rotation de l'étiquette"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:718
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Largeur maximale en caractères"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:719
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "La taille maximale désirée pour l'étiquette, en caractères"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:737
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
msgstr "Suivi des liens visités"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:738
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
msgstr "Indique si les liens visités doivent être suivis"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:859
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le contenu d'une étiquette sélectionnable doit être sélectionné "
"quand elle est activée"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:617 gtk/gtkviewport.c:106
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement horizontal"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:618 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:219
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "Le GtkAdjustement pour cette position horizontale"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:625 gtk/gtkviewport.c:114
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement vertical"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:626 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:226
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "Le GtkAdjustement pour cette position verticale"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:634
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "La largeur de la mise en page"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:643
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "La hauteur de la mise en page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:145
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:146
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "Le lien URI du bouton"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:160
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Vu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:161
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indique si le lien a déjà été visité."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:502
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "L'élément de menu actuellement sélectionné"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:517
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "Le groupe de raccourcis contenant les raccourcis pour le menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:531 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:290
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Chemin de raccourci"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:532
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
"Chemin de raccourci utilisé pour contruire plus facilement les chemins de "
"raccourcis des éléments enfants"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Composant graphique parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "Composant graphique auquel le menu est rattaché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un titre que le gestionnaire de fenêtres peut afficher lorsque le menu est "
"détaché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:571
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "État de séparation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Valeur booléenne indiquant si le menu est détaché ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Moniteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "Le moniteur sur lequel le menu apparaît"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Bourrage vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "Espace supplémentaire en haut et en bas du menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:616
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
msgstr "Réserver la taille de la bascule"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:617
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
msgstr ""
2009-07-25 03:49:37 +00:00
"Valeur booléenne indiquant si le menu réserve de l'espace pour les bascules "
"et les icônes"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:623
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Bourrage horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:624
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "Espace supplémentaire aux extrémités gauche et droite du menu"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:632
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Décalage vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:633
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr "Décalage vertical en pixels quand le menu est un sous-menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:641
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Décalage horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:642
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr "Décalage horizontal en pixels quand le menu est un sous-menu"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:650
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Double Arrows"
msgstr "Doubles flèches"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:651
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Lors du défilement, toujours afficher les deux flèches."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:664
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Placement des flèches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:665
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indique où les flèches de défilement doivent être placées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:673
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Attache à gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:674 gtk/gtktable.c:174
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "Le numéro de colonne pour y attacher le côté gauche du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:681
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Attache à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:682
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "Le numéro de colonne pour y attacher le côté droit du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Attache en haut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "Le numéro de ligne pour y attacher le haut du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Attache en bas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 gtk/gtktable.c:195
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "Le numéro de ligne pour y attacher le bas du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:712
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Constante arbitraire pour la réduction de la taille des flèches de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:799
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Peut modifier les raccourcis"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:800
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les raccourcis clavier pour les entrées de menu peuvent être "
"modifiés en pressant une touche au-dessus d'un élément de menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:805
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Délai avant que les sous-menus apparaissent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:806
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Durée minimum que le pointeur doit passer sur un élément de menu avant que "
"le sous-menu apparaisse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:813
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Délai avant de cacher un sous-menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:814
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Le délai avant de refermer un sous-menu lorsque le pointeur se déplace hors "
"du sous-menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:168
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Orientation de l'ajout"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:169
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "L'orientation des ajouts dans la barre d'outils"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:185
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Orientation des ajouts dans le fils"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:186
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "L'orientation des ajouts dans le fils de la barre de menus"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:195
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Type de mise en relief autour de la barre de menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
msgid "Internal padding"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Bourrage interne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:203
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr "Espacement entre l'ombre de la barre de menus et les éléments du menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:210
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Délai avant d'afficher les menus déroulants"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:211
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Délai avant que le sous-menu d'un menu apparaisse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:257
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Justifié à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:258
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Définit si l'élément de menu apparaît justifié sur le bord droit de la barre "
"de menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:272
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Sous-menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:273
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "Le sous-menu lié à l'élément de menu, ou NULL s'il n'en a pas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:291
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Définit le chemin de raccourci de l'élément de menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:306
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "Le texte de l'étiquette fille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:369
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"Quantité d'espace consommé par la flèche, par rapport à la taille de la "
"police de l'élément de menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:382
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largeur en caractères"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "La largeur minimum désirée de l'élément de menu, en caractères"
2010-03-23 14:18:29 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:379
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Prend le focus"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-23 14:18:29 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:380
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booléen qui indique si le menu capture le focus du clavier"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:245 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:161
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:246
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "Le menu déroulant"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:98
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordure de l'image/étiquette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:99
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour du texte et de l'image dans le dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:114
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Utilise un séparateur"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:115
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si un séparateur doit être placé entre le message de la boîte de "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"dialogue et les boutons"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:136
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Boutons de message"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:137
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Boutons affichés dans la boîte de dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:154
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "Le texte principal de la boîte de dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:169
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Utilise du balisage"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:170
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "Le texte principal du titre contient du balisage Pango."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texte secondaire"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "Le texte secondaire de la boîte de dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:200
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Utilise du balisage dans le texte sec."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "Le texte secondaire contient du balisage Pango."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:216
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The image"
msgstr "L'image"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:83
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Alignement Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:84
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "Alignement vertical, de 0 (haut) à 1 (bas)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:93
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Marge X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:94
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espacement à ajouter à droite et à gauche du composant graphique, en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Marge Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espacement à ajouter en haut et en bas du composant graphique, en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:161
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "La fenêtre mère"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Est affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Indique si on affiche une boîte de dialogue"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:177
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "L'écran où cette fenêtre sera affichée."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:585
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:586
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "L'index de la page actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:594
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Position des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:595
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Indique le côté de la pagination qui contient les onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:602
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr "Bordure des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:603
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure autour des étiquettes d'onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:611
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr "Bordure horizontale des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:612
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure horizontale des étiquettes d'onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:620
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr "Bordure verticale des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:621
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
msgstr "Largeur de la bordure verticale des étiquettes d'onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:629
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Afficher les onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:630
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indique si les onglets doivent être affichés ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:636
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Afficher la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:637
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indique si la bordure doit être affichée ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:643
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Défilement possible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:644
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, des flèches de défilement sont ajoutées lorsqu'il y a trop d'onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:650
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activer le popup"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:651
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, un clic droit sur la pagination affiche un menu que l'on peut "
"utiliser pour changer de page"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:658
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
msgstr "Indique si la taille des onglets doit être la même pour tous"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:664
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Group ID"
msgstr "ID de groupe"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:665
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "ID de groupe pour le glisser-déposer des onglets"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:681 gtk/gtkradioaction.c:128 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:82
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:353 gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Groupe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:682
msgid "Group for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "Groupe pour le glisser-déposer des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:688
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Étiquette de l'onglet"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:689
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "La chaîne affiché sur l'étiquette des onglets fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:695
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Étiquette de menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:696
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "La chaîne affichée dans l'entrée du menu fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:709
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Déployer l'onglet"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:710
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si l'onglet fils doit être étendu ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:716
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Remplir l'onglet"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:717
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
msgstr "Indique si l'onglet fils doit remplir la zone allouée ou non"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:723
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Type de positionnement des onglets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:730
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Onglet déplaçable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:731
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'onglet peut être réarrangé par une action de l'utilisateur"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:737
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Onglet détachable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:738
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Indique si l'onglet peut être détaché"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:753 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Bouton secondaire inversé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:754
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr "Afficher un second bouton fléché inversé au côté opposé de l'onglet"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:769 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Bouton secondaire avant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:770
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr "Afficher un second bouton fléché avant au côté opposé de l'onglet"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:784 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Bouton inversé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:785 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:68
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Afficher le bouton de retour en arrière standard"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:799 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:74
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Bouton avant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:800 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:75
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Afficher le bouton standard de flèche vers l'avant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:814
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Superposition d'onglet"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:815
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Taille de la zone de superposition des onglets"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:830
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Courbure d'onglet"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:831
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Taille de la courbure d'onglet"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:847
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des flèches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:848
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espacement entre les flèches de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkobject.c:370
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Données de l'utilisateur"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkobject.c:371
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
msgstr "Pointeur anonyme sur les données de l'utilisateur"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:162
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "Menu des options"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:169
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr "Taille de l'indicateur de déroulement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:175
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "Espacement autour de l'indicateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:75
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "L'orientation de l'orientable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:242
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Position du séparateur de panneaux en pixels (0 le positionne en haut/à "
"gauche)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:251
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Définir la position"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:252
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "VRAI si la propriété Position doit être utilisée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:258
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Taille du manipulateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:259
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largeur du manipulateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:275
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Position minimale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:276
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Valeur la plus petite possible pour la propriété « position »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:293
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Position maximale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:294
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Valeur la plus grande possible pour la propriété « position »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:311
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:312
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, le fils s'étend et se rétrécit en lien avec l'élément adjacent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:327
msgid "Shrink"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Rétrécissement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:328
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Si VRAI, le fils peut être plus petit que nécessaire"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:171 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:312
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Imbriqué"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:172
msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indique si l'objet « plug » est imbriqué"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:186
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Fenêtre hôte"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:187
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "Indique la fenêtre hôte où l'objet « plug » est imbriqué"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:102
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Indique si le composant graphique de prévisualisation doit occuper la "
"totalité de la place qui lui est allouée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:112
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nom de l'imprimante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:118
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Moteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:119
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Moteur de l'imprimante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Est virtuel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "Défini à FALSE si l'imprimante existe physiquement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Accepte le PDF"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "Défini à TRUE si l'imprimante gère le PDF"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Accepte le PostScript"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "Défini à TRUE si l'imprimante gère le PostScript"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Message d'état"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Message donnant l'état actuel de l'imprimante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Emplacement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "L'emplacement de l'imprimante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "Le nom de l'icône à utiliser pour l'imprimante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Nombre de travaux d'impression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "Nombre de travaux d'impression en attente pour l'imprimante"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:186
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Imprimante en pause"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:187
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "Défini à TRUE si l'imprimante est en pause"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Accepte les tâches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "Défini à TRUE si l'imprimante accepte de nouvelles tâches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Option de source"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:124
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "L'objet PrinterOption correspondant au composant graphique"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:117
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Le titre du travail d'impression"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Imprimante"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:126
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Imprimante de destination du travail d'impression"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:135
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Paramètres d'imprimante"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:302
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Mise en page"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1125
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Suivre l'état d'impression"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"Si défini à TRUE, la tâche d'impression continue d'émettre des signaux de "
"modification d'état après que les données d'impression ont été envoyées à "
"l'imprimante ou au serveur d'impression."
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:997
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Mise en page par défaut"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:998
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "L'objet GtkPageSetup utilisé par défaut"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1016 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:320
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres d'impression"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1017 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "L'objet GtkPrintSettings utilisé pour initialiser la boîte de dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1035
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nom de la tâche"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1036
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr ""
"Une chaîne de caractères permettant d'identifier le travail d'impression."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1060
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Nombre de pages"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1061
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "Le nombre de pages du document."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1082 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:310
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Page actuelle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1083 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:311
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "La page actuelle du document"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1104
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Utilise toute la page"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1105
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Vrai si l'origine du contexte se situe à l'angle de la page et non pas à "
"l'angle de la zone imageable."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1126
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"Vrai si l'opération d'impression continue de signaler l'état du travail "
"d'impression après que les données aient été envoyées à l'imprimante ou au "
"serveur d'impression."
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1143
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unité"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1144
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "L'unité de mesure des distances dans le contexte"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Afficher la boîte de dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1162
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Défini à TRUE si une boîte de dialogue de progression est affichée durant "
"l'impression."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1185
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Asynchrone autorisé"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1186
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Défini à TRUE si le processus d'impression est autorisé à s'exécuter de "
"manière asynchrone."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1208 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1209
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Nom de fichier d'exportation"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1223
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status"
msgstr "État"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "L'état de l'opération d'impression"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1244
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Chaîne d'état"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1245
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Une description de l'état intelligible pour l'utilisateur"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1263
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Étiquette de l'onglet personnalisé"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1264
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr ""
"Étiquette pour l'onglet contenant les composants graphiques personnalisés."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1279 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:345
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
msgstr "Prise en charge de la sélection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
msgstr ""
"Défini à TRUE si l'opération d'impression prend en charge l'impression de la "
"sélection."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1296 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:353
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
msgstr "A une sélection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1297
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selecion exists."
msgstr "Défini à TRUE si une sélection existe."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1312 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:361
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
msgstr "Mise en page incorporée"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1313
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
msgstr ""
"Défini à TRUE si les boîtes combinées de mise en page sont incorporées dans "
"GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1334
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre de pages à imprimer"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1335
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "Le nombre de pages qui vont être imprimées"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:303
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "L'objet GtkPageSetup à utiliser"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:328
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Imprimante sélectionnée"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:329
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "L'objet GtkPrinter sélectionné"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilites"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités manuelles"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:337
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
msgstr "Les fonctionnalités que l'application gère"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
msgstr "Indique si la boîte de dialogue prend en charge la sélection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:354
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
msgstr "Indique si l'application a une sélection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:362
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr ""
"Défini à TRUE si les boîtes combinées de mise en page sont incorporées dans "
"GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:102
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "Mode d'activité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:103
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
"If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will take."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, le GtkProgress est en mode d'activité, ce qui signifie qu'il "
"indique que quelque chose est en train d'arriver, mais qu'il n'indique pas "
"quelle quantité a été effectuée. C'est utilisé quand vous effectuez quelque "
"chose, mais que vous ne savez pas combien de temps cela va prendre."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:111
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Afficher le texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:112
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indique si la progression est indiquée par du texte."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:119
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
msgstr "GtkAdjustment associé à la barre de progression (obsolète)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:135
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "Style de barre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:136
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
"Indique le style d'affichage de la barre en mode pourcentage (obsolète)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr "Pas d'activité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr "Incrément utilisé pour chaque itération en mode d'activité (obsolète)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr "Blocs d'activité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
"Nombre de blocs que contient la barre de progression en mode d'activité "
"(obsolète)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:160
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "Blocs discrets"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:161
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
msgstr ""
"Nombre de blocs discrets dans la barre de progression (quand elle est "
"affichée en style « discret »)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:168
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:169
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "Quantité de travail qui a été effectuée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:176
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Étape de pulsation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:177
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"La fraction de la progression totale pour déplacer le bloc lorsqu'il se "
"déplace"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:185
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texte à afficher dans la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:207
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"L'endroit préféré pour tronquer le texte, si la barre de progression n'a pas "
"assez de place pour l'afficher en entier."
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:214
msgid "XSpacing"
msgstr "Espacement X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:215
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espace supplémentaire ajouté à la largeur de la barre de progression."
# The PrinterOption backing this widget
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220
msgid "YSpacing"
msgstr "Espacement Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espace supplémentaire ajouté à la hauteur de la barre de progression."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234
msgid "Min horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largeur horizontale minimum de la barre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:235
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "Largeur horizontale minimum de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "Min horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Hauteur horizontale minimum de la barre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "Hauteur horizontale minimum de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260
msgid "Min vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largeur verticale minimum de la barre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:261
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "Largeur verticale minimum de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273
msgid "Min vertical bar height"
msgstr "Hauteur verticale minimum de la barre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:274
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "Hauteur verticale minimum de la barre de progression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:111
msgid "The value"
msgstr "La valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:112
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La valeur retournée par gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() quand cette "
"action est l'action actuelle de ce groupe."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:129
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "L'action radio du groupe auquel appartient cette action."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:144
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "La valeur actuelle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:145
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"La propriété valeur du membre actuellement actif du groupe auquel cette "
"action appartient."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:83
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "Le bouton radio dont le groupe contient ce composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:354
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr ""
"L'élément de menu radio dont le groupe contient ce composant graphique."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "Le bouton outil radio dont le groupe contient ce composant graphique."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Politique de mise à jour"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:359
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "De combien l'intervalle doit être mis à jour à l'écran"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:368
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr ""
"Le GtkAdjustement qui contient la valeur actuelle de cet objet d'intervalle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:375
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Inversé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:376
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Inverser la direction du réglage augmente la valeur de l'intervalle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:383
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilité de l'incrément vers le bas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:384
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"La politique de sensibilité du bouton d'incrément pointant vers le bas de "
"l'ajustement"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:392
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilité de l'incrément vers le haut"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:393
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"La politique de sensibilité du bouton d'incrément pointant vers le haut de "
"l'ajustement"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:410
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Afficher niveau de remplissage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:411
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Indique s'il faut afficher un graphisme indicateur de remplissage."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:427
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restreindre au niveau de remplissage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:428
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut restreindre la limite supérieure au niveau de remplissage."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:443
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Niveau de remplissage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:444
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "Le niveau de remplissage."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:452
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largeur de la case de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:453
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largeur de l'ascenseur (ou curseur) de la barre de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:460
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:461
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr "Espace entre le curseur et la bordure"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:468
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Taille du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:469
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Longueur des boutons aux extrémités"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:484
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:485
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espace entre les boutons et le curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:492
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Déplacement de la flèche en X"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:493
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Déplacement à effectuer dans la direction x quand le bouton est enfoncé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:500
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Déplacement de la flèche en Y"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:501
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Déplacement à effectuer dans la direction y quand le bouton est enfoncé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:509
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
msgstr "Curseur actif pendant le glissement"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:510
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est définie à vrai, les curseurs apparaissent actifs et "
"ombrés lorsqu'ils sont déplacés."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:524
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Trough Side Details"
msgstr "Détails de côté de glissière"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:525
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
msgstr ""
"Si défini à vrai, la partie de la glissière des deux côtés de la case de "
"défilement présente des détails différents"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:541
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Glissière sous boutons d'incrément"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:542
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
"spacing"
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut dessiner la glissière tout au long de la barre, ou s'il "
"faut exclure les boutons et un espacement"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:555
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Échelle de la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:556
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "Échelle de la flèche par rapport à la taille des boutons de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:616 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:227
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Afficher les nombres"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:617 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:228
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indique si les éléments doivent être affichés avec un nombre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:132
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Recent Manager"
msgstr "Gestionnaire de fichiers récents"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:133
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "L'objet RecentManager à utiliser"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Afficher ce qui est privé"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indique si les éléments privés doivent être affichés"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Afficher les infobulles"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément dispose d'une infobulle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:174
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Afficher les icônes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:175
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indique si une icône apparaît près de l'élément"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Afficher les introuvables"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les éléments pointant sur des ressources non disponibles doivent "
"être affichés"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:204
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indique s'il faut autoriser la sélection de plusieurs éléments"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:217
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Local seulement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les ressources sélectionnées doivent se limiter aux fichiers "
"locaux : URI"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:229
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Limite"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "Nombre maximum d'éléments à afficher"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Type de tri"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "L'ordre de tri des éléments affichés"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "Le filtre actuel pour sélectionner les ressources à afficher"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:215
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"Le chemin complet vers le fichier à utiliser pour stocker et lire la liste"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:230
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
msgstr ""
"Le nombre maximum d'éléments que doit renvoyer gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:246
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "La taille de la liste des ressources récemment utilisées"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:128
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Inférieur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:129
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Limite inférieure de la règle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:138
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Supérieur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:139
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Limite supérieure de la règle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:149
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Position de la marque sur la règle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:158
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Taille maximale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:159
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Taille maximale de la règle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:174
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Numérique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:175
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "L'unité métrique utilisée par la règle"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:219
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "Nombre de chiffres décimaux à afficher dans la valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:228
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Afficher la valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:229
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indique si la valeur actuelle est affichée comme une chaîne à côté du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:236
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Position de la valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:237
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "Emplacement d'affichage de la valeur actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:244
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Longueur du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:245
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Longueur de l'échelle du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:253
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espacement de la valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:254
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "Espace entre le texte de la valeur et la zone du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:207
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "La valeur de l'échelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:217
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "La taille de l'icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:226
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"Le GtkAdjustement qui contient la valeur actuelle de cet objet bouton "
"d'échelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:254
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Icônes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:255
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Liste de noms d'icônes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Longueur minimum du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:52
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Longueur minimum de curseur de la barre de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Taille du curseur fixe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:61
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Ne pas changer la taille de la case de défilement, la verrouiller à sa "
"longueur minimale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Afficher un second bouton fléché inversé au côté opposé de la barre de "
"défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid ""
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Afficher un second bouton fléché avant au côté opposé de la barre de "
"défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:218 gtk/gtktext.c:545 gtk/gtktreeview.c:572
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:225 gtk/gtktext.c:553 gtk/gtktreeview.c:580
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajustement vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:232
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Politique d'affichage des barres de défilement horizontales"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:233
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Quand la barre de défilement horizontale est affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:240
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Politique d'affichage des barres de défilement verticales"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:241
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Quand la barre de défilement verticale est affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:249
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Placement de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:250
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Indique l'emplacement du contenu par rapport aux barres de défilement. Cette "
"propriété n'est effective que si la propriété « window-placement-"
"set » (placement de la fenêtre défini) est définie à vrai."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:267
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Placement de la fenêtre défini"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:268
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indique si « window-placement » (placement de la fenêtre) doit être exploité "
"pour déterminer l'emplacement du contenu par rapport aux barres de "
"défilement."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:274
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Type d'ombre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:275
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Style de mise en relief autour du contenu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:289
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barres de défilement à l'intérieur du relief"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:290
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Place les barres de défilement à l'intérieur du relief de la fenêtre "
"défilante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:296
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espacement de la barre de défilement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:297
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Nombre de pixels entre les barres de défilement et la fenêtre défilante"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:312
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Placement de la fenêtre défilante"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:313
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Indique l'emplacement du contenu de la fenêtre par rapport aux barres de "
"défilement, pour autant que ce paramètre ne soit pas remplacé par le "
"placement de la fenêtre défilante elle-même."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:105
msgid "Draw"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Dessiner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:106
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le séparateur doit être affiché, ou juste des blancs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:224
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Vitesse du double-clic"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:225
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Intervalle maximum entre deux clics pour qu'ils soient considérés comme un "
"double-clic (en millisecondes)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:232
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Distance du double-clic"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:233
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
"Distance maximum entre deux clics pour qu'ils soient considérés comme un "
"double-clic (en pixels)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:249
msgid "Cursor Blink"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Curseur clignotant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:250
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indique si le curseur doit clignoter"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:257
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Vitesse de clignotement du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:258
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Longueur du cycle de clignotement du curseur, en millisecondes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:277
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Expiration du clignotement du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:278
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Période après laquelle le curseur cesse de clignoter, en secondes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:285
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Curseur divisé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:286
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indique si deux curseurs doivent être affichés lors de l'entrée simultanée "
"de texte s'écrivant de droite à gauche et de gauche à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:293
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nom du thème"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nom du fichier RC de thème à charger"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:302
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nom du thème d'icône"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nom du thème d'icône à utiliser"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:311
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nom du thème d'icône de secours"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:312
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nom du thème d'icône à utiliser en cas de secours"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:320
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nom du thème pour les touches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:321
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nom du fichier RC à charger pour le thème des touches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:329
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Accélérateur de barre de menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Raccourci clavier activant la barre de menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:338
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Seuil de glissement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:339
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Nombre de pixels que le curseur doit parcourir avant le glissement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:347
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nom de la police"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "Nom de la police à utiliser par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:370
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tailles des icônes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Liste des tailles d'icônes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:379
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Modules GTK"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:380
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Liste des modules GTK actuellement actifs"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:389
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Lissage Xft"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:390
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si les polices Xft doivent être lissées ; 0=non, 1=oui, -1=valeur "
"par défaut"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:399
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Optimisation Xft"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:400
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut optimiser les polices Xft; 0=non, 1=oui, -1=par défaut"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:409
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Style d'optimisation Xft"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:410
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le degré d'optimisation à utiliser ; sans lissage, lissage léger, lissage "
"moyen, lissage complet"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:419
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RVBA"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:420
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Type d'anticrénelage sous-pixel: aucun, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:429
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "Xft DPI"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:430
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Résolution pour Xft, en 1024 * points/pouces. -1 pour utiliser la valeur par "
"défaut"
2004-02-24 18:12:10 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:439
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nom du thème de curseur"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:440
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr ""
"Nom du thème de curseur à utiliser, ou NULL pour utiliser le thème par défaut"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:448
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Taille du thème de curseur"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:449
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
"Taille à utiliser pour les curseurs, ou 0 pour utiliser la taille par défaut"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:459
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Ordre des boutons alternatifs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:460
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les boutons dans la fenêtre de dialogue doit utiliser l'ordre "
"des boutons alternatif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:477
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Direction alternative de l'indicateur de tri"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Indique si la direction des indicateurs de tri dans les listes et les "
"arborescences est inversée par rapport au standard (où le bas signifie ordre "
"croissant)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:486
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Afficher le menu « Méthodes de saisie »"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:487
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le menu contextuel des zones de saisies et des zones de texte "
"doit offrir la possibilité de changer la méthode de saisie"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:495
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Afficher le menu « Insérer un caractère de contrôle Unicode »"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:496
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le menu contextuel des zones de saisies et des zones de texte "
"doit offrir la possibilité d'insérer des caractères de contrôle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:504
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Délai de départ"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:505
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valeur initiale pour les délais, lorsqu'un bouton est appuyé"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:514
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Délai de répétition"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:515
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valeur de répétition pour les délais, lorsqu'un bouton est appuyé"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:524
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Délai d'expansion"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:525
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valeur d'expansion pour les délais, lorsqu'un composant graphique s'étend à "
"une nouvelle zone"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:560
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Espace de couleurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:561
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Une palette de couleurs nommées à utiliser dans les thèmes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:570
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activer les animations"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:571
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut activer les animations pour l'ensemble des composants"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:589
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activer le mode écran tactile"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:590
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Si défini à vrai, aucun événement de notification de mouvement n'est "
"communiqué à cet écran"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:607
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Délai d'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:608
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Délai avant affichage de l'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:633
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Délai d'infobulle en navigation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Délai avant affichage de l'infobulle lorsque le mode navigation est activé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:655
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Délai du mode navigation d'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Délai après lequel le mode navigation est désactivé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:675
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Navigation clavier uniquement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:676
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Si défini à vrai, seules les touches curseurs permettent de naviguer dans "
"les composants graphiques"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:693
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Boucler en navigation clavier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:694
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut naviguer en boucle parmi les composants graphiques, avec "
"le clavier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:714
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Signal d'erreur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:715
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Si défini à vrai, la navigation au clavier et d'autres erreurs produisent un "
"bip"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:732
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hâchage des couleurs"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:733
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr ""
"Une représentation sous forme de table de hâchage de l'espace de couleurs."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:741
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr "Moteur par défaut du sélecteur de fichier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:742
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Nom du moteur GtkFileChooser à utiliser par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:759
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Moteur d'impression par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:760
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "Liste de moteurs GtkPrintBackend à utiliser par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:783
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr ""
"Commande par défaut à lancer lors de l'affichage d'un aperçu avant impression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:784
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Commande à lancer lors de l'affichage d'un aperçu avant impression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:800
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activer les lettres-raccourcis"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:801
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indique si les étiquettes disposent de lettres-raccourcis"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:817
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activer les raccourcis clavier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:818
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indique si les éléments de menu doivent disposer de raccourcis clavier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:835
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Limite des fichiers récents"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:836
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Nombre de fichiers récemment utilisés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:854
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Module IM par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:855
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Indique quel module de méthode de saisie doit être utilisé par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:873
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Âge limite des fichiers récents"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:874
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Âge maximum des fichiers récemment utilisés, en jours"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:883
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Horodatage de la configuration Fontconfig"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:884
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Horodatage de la configuration Fontconfig actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:906
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nom du thème sonore"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:907
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nom du thème sonore XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:929
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retour sonore des saisies"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:930
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indique si des notifications sonores sont émises en réponse aux entrées de "
"l'utilisateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:951
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activer les notifications sonores"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indique s'il faut émettre des notifications sonores"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:967
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activer les infobulles"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:968
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les infobulles des composants graphiques doivent être affichées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:981
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Style de la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:982
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
"Indique si les barres d'outils affichent uniquement du texte, uniquement des "
"icônes, du texte et des icônes, ..."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:996
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Taille des icônes de la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:997
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Taille des icônes dans les barres d'outils par défaut."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1014
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Lettres-raccourcis automatiques"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
"Indique si les lettres-raccourcis doivent être automatiquement affichées et "
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
"masquées lorsque l'utilisateur appuie sur la touche d'activation "
"correspondante."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:301
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Mode"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:302
msgid ""
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"Les directions dans lesquelles la taille du groupe affecte les tailles "
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"requises de ses composants graphiques"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:318
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Ignorer les cachés"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:319
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si défini à vrai, les composants graphiques non attribués sont ignorés "
"durant la détermination de la taille du groupe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:209
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "L'ajustement qui conserve la valeur du spinbutton"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:216
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taux d'accélération"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Coller au pas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:237
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les valeurs erronées sont automatiquement modifiées à la valeur "
"du pas la plus proche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:245
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indique si les caractères non numériques doivent être ignorés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
msgid "Wrap"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Bouclage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:253
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le bouton compteur tourne en boucle lorsqu'il atteint ses limites"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Politique de mise à jour"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
"Indique si le bouton compteur doit toujours mettre à jour, ou seulement "
"lorsque la valeur est légale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Lit la valeur actuelle, ou spécifie une nouvelle valeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Style de bordure autour du bouton compteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:129
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton animé est actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:143
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Number of steps"
msgstr "Nombre de pas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:144
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
msgstr ""
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
"Le nombre de pas constituant une boucle complète du bouton animé. Par "
"défaut, l'animation fait un tour complet chaque seconde (voir #GtkSpinner:"
"cycle-duration)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:159
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Animation duration"
msgstr "Durée d'animation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:160
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid ""
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgstr "La durée en millisecondes d'une boucle complète d'un bouton animé"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:148
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "A une poignée de redimensionnement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:149
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si la barre d'état a une poignée pour redimensionner la fenêtre de "
"plus niveau"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:194
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Style de mise en relief autour du texte de la barre d'état"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:271
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "La taille de l'icône"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:281
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "L'écran où cette icône d'état sera affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:288
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Blinking"
msgstr "Clignotement"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:289
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône d'état clignote"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:297
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône d'état est visible"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:313
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône d'état est imbriquée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:329 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:111
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "L'orientation de la zone de notification"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:356 gtk/gtkwidget.c:702
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "A une infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:357
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indique si l'icône de notification a une infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:382 gtk/gtkwidget.c:723
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texte d'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:383 gtk/gtkwidget.c:724 gtk/gtkwidget.c:745
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Le contenu de l'infobulle pour ce composant"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:406 gtk/gtkwidget.c:744
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Balisage de l'infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:407
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "Le contenu de l'infobulle pour cette icône de notification"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:425
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
msgstr "Le titre de cette icône de notification"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:129
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:130
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "Le nombre de lignes dans la table"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:138
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Colonnes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:139
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "Le nombre de colonnes dans la table"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:147
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:148
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "Espace entre deux lignes consécutives"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:156
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des colonnes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:157
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "Espace entre deux colonnes consécutives"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:166
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Si VRAI, les cellules du tableau ont toutes la même largeur et hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:173
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Attachement à gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:180
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Attachement à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:181
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le numéro de colonne pour y attacher le côté droit du composant graphique "
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:187
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Attachement en haut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le numéro de lignes pour y attacher le haut du composant graphique fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:194
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Attachement en bas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:201
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Options horizontales"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:202
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Options spécifiant le comportement horizontal du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:208
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Options verticales"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:209
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Options spécifiant le comportement vertical du fils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:215
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Bourrage horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:216
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espace supplémentaire à ajouter entre le fils et ses côtés droit et gauche, "
"en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:222
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Bourrage vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:223
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espace supplémentaire à ajouter entre le fils et ses côtés haut et bas, en "
"pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:546
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Ajustement horizontal pour le composant graphique texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:554
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Ajustement vertical pour le composant graphique texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:561
msgid "Line Wrap"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Coupure des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:562
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Indique si les lignes sont coupées automatiquement lorsque les limites du "
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"composant graphique sont atteintes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:569
msgid "Word Wrap"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Coupure des mots"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:570
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si les mots sont coupés automatiquement lorsque les limites du "
"composant graphique sont atteintes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:180
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Table de la balise"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:181
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Texte de la table de la balise"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:199
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texte actuel du tampon"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:213
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Contient une sélection"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:214
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indique si le tampon contient actuellement du texte sélectionné"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:230
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Position du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:231
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"La position du point d'insertion (décalage par rapport au début du tampon)"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:246
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Liste des destinataires de copie"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:247
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
"La liste des destinations que ce tampon prend en charge pour la copie du "
"presse-papiers et comme source de glisser-déposer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:262
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Paste target list"
msgstr "Liste des destinataires de collage"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:263
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
"La liste des destinations que ce tampon prend en charge pour le collage du "
"presse-papiers et comme destination de glisser-déposer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nom de marque"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravité gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indique si la marque dispose de gravité gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:173
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nom de la balise"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:174
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nom utilisé pour référencer cette balise de texte. NULL pour les balises "
"anonymes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
"Couleur d'arrière-plan comme une GdkColor (potentiellement non allouée)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Arrière-plan sur toute la hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indique si la couleur d'arrière-plan doit remplir toute la hauteur de la "
"ligne ou seulement la hauteur des caractères mis en évidence"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "Masque d'arrière-plan en pointillés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:209
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr ""
"Bitmap à utiliser comme masque lorsque l'on dessine le texte d'arrière-plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
"Couleur de premier plan comme une GdkColor (potentiellement non allouée)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "Masque de premier plan en pointillés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:235
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr ""
"Bitmap à utiliser comme masque lorsque l'on dessine le texte de premier plan"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Direction du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:243
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "Direction du texte, de droite à gauche ou de gauche à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Style de la police en tant que PangoStyle, c.à.d. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Variante de la police en tant que PangoVariant, c.à.d. "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:310
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Épaisseur de la police en tant qu'entier, voir les valeurs prédéfinies dans "
"PangoWeight ; par exemple, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
"Étirement de police en tant que PangoStretch, c.à.d. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Taille de la police en unités Pango"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:340
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Taille de la police en tant que facteur d'échelle relatif à la taille de la "
"police par défaut. Cela s'adapte proprement au changement de thème, etc. "
"aussi c'est recommandé. Pango prédéfini quelques échelles tel que "
"PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:595
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Alignement à droite, à gauche ou centré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:379
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"La langue de ce texte, en tant que code ISO. Pango peut l'utiliser comme une "
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"aide pour rendre le texte. Si ce n'est pas définit, une valeur par défaut "
"appropriée sera utilisée."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marge gauche"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:387 gtk/gtktextview.c:604
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largeur de la marge de gauche en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:396
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marge droite"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:397 gtk/gtktextview.c:614
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largeur de la marge de droite en pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:407 gtk/gtktextview.c:623
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Indentation"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 gtk/gtktextview.c:624
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Indentation du paragraphe, en pixels"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Décalage du texte au-dessus de la ligne de base (au-dessous de la ligne de "
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
"base si le décalage est négatif) dans les unités de pango"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:428
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessus de la ligne"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:429 gtk/gtktextview.c:548
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Espacement en pixels au-dessus des paragraphes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:438
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessous des lignes"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:439 gtk/gtktextview.c:558
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Espacement en pixels au-dessous des paragraphes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:448
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Pixels à l'intérieur de la coupure"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:449 gtk/gtktextview.c:568
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Pixels de l'espace blanc entre les lignes coupées dans un paragraphe"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 gtk/gtktextview.c:586
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
"Indique si les coupures des lignes doivent s'effectuer entre des mots ou "
"entre les caractères"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:485 gtk/gtktextview.c:633
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Onglets"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:486 gtk/gtktextview.c:634
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Onglets personnalisés pour ce texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:505
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si ce texte est caché."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Nom de la couleur d'arrière-plan du paragraphe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan du paragraphe en tant que chaîne"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur d'arrière-plan du paragraphe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Couleur d'arrière-plan du paragraphe comme une GdkColor (potentiellement non "
"allouée)"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Accumulation des marges"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indique si les marges gauche et droite s'additionnent."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Arrière-plan sur toute la hauteur défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la hauteur du fond"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "Arrière-plan en pointillés défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'arrière-plan en pointillés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "Premier plan en pointillés défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le premier plan en pointillés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Justification défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la justification des paragraphes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Marge gauche défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la marge gauche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Indentation défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte l'indentation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessus de la ligne défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:637 gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr ""
"Indique si cette balise affecte le nombre de pixels au-dessus des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessous de la ligne défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Pixels à l'intérieur de la coupure défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indique si cette balise affecte le nombre de pixels entre les lignes coupées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Marge droite défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la marge droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
msgid "Wrap mode set"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Mode de coupure défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte le mode de coupure des lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Onglets défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte les tabulations"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Invisible défini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la visibilité du texte"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Arrière-plan du paragraphe défini"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si cette balise affecte la couleur de fond du paragraphe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:547
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessus des lignes"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:557
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixels au-dessous des lignes"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:567
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Pixels à l'intérieur de la coupure"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:585
msgid "Wrap Mode"
2004-01-24 14:13:59 +00:00
msgstr "Mode de coupure"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:603
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marge gauche"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:613
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marge droite"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:641
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Curseur visible"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Si le curseur d'insertion est affiché"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:649
msgid "Buffer"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Tampon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Le tampon qui est affiché"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le texte saisi écrase le contenu existant"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:665
msgid "Accepts tab"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Accepte les tabulations"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:666
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si la touche tabulation insère un caractère tabulation"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:695
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Erreur dans la couleur de soulignement"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:696
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Couleur utilisée pour indiquer les erreurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:104
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Créer comme une action radio"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:105
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les options pour cette action peuvent être validées simultanément"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:120
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton de bascule est actif"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:115
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton de bascule est enfoncé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:124
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton de bascule est dans un état « entre les deux »"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Afficher l'indicateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:132
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Si la partie bascule du bouton est affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:494 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1020
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Style de la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:495
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Comment dessiner la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502
msgid "Show Arrow"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Afficher la flèche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:503
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Si une flèche doit être affichée si la barre d'outils ne rentre pas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:518
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Tooltips"
msgstr "Bulle d'aide"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:519
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
msgstr "Indique si les bulles d'aide doivent être affichées"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Taille des icônes dans cette barre d'outils"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1006
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Taille d'icône définie"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:557 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1007
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indique si la propriété de taille d'icône a été définie"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:566
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr "Indique si le bouton de la barre d'outils peut s'élargir"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:574 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1589
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indisque si l'élément doit être de la même taille que les autres éléments du "
"même type"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:581
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Taille de l'espace"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Taille des espaces"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:591
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Quantité d'espace de bordure entre l'ombre de la barre d'outils et les "
"boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansion minimale des fils"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:600
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Espace maximum attribué à un élément capable de s'étendre"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:608
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Style d'espacement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:609
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indique si les espaces sont des lignes verticales ou juste des blancs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:616
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relief des boutons"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:617
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Type de ciselage autour des boutons de la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:624
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Style de ciselage autour de la barre d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:205
msgid "Text to show in the item."
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "Texte à afficher dans l'élément."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:212
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Si défini, un soulignement dans le texte indique que le caractère suivant "
"peut être utilisé comme touche d'accélération mnémonique dans le menu"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:219
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique à utiliser comme étiquette de l'élément"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
msgid "Stock Id"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "ID prédéfini"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "L'icône prédéfinie affichée dans l'élément"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:242
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nom de l'icône"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:243
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "Le nom de l'icône personnalisé et affiché sur l'élément"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:249
msgid "Icon widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Icône du composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:250
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Icône du composant graphique à afficher dans l'élément"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:263
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espacement des icônes"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:264
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espace en pixels entre l'icône et son étiquette"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:207
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
"Indique si l'élément de la barre d'outils est considérée important. Lorsque "
"VRAI, les boutons de la barre d'outils affiche le texte dans le mode "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1536
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
msgstr "Le titre de ce groupe d'éléments, intelligible pour l'utilisateur"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1543
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
msgstr "Un composant graphique à afficher à la place de l'étiquette habituelle"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1549
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
msgstr "Condensé"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1550
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
msgstr "Indique si le groupe a été condensé et les éléments masqués"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1556
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
msgstr "écourtement"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1557
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
msgstr "Mode d'écourtement pour les en-têtes du groupe d'éléments"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1563
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
msgstr "Relief d'en-tête"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
msgstr "Mode de relief du bouton d'en-tête de groupe"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1579
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
msgstr "Espacement d'en-tête"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1580
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
msgstr "Espacement entre la flèche de l'expandeur et le texte"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1596
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément peut s'élargir lorsque son groupe s'agrandit"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1603
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément doit remplir l'espace disponible"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1609
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
msgstr "Nouvelle ligne"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1610
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
msgstr "Indique si l'élément doit commencer sur une nouvelle ligne"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1617
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
msgstr "Position de l'élément à l'intérieur de son groupe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:991
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
msgstr "Taille des icônes dans cette palette d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1021
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
msgstr "Style des éléments dans la palette d'outils"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1037
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
msgstr "Exclusif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le groupe d'éléments est le seul à être étendu lorsqu'il l'est"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1053
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le groupe d'éléments doit pouvoir s'agrandir lorsque la palette "
"devient plus grande"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modèle TreeModelSort"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "Modèle pour le TreeModelSort à trier"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:564
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modèle TreeView"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:565
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "Modèle pour la vue de l'arbre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:573
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Ajustement horizontal pour ce composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:581
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Ajustement vertical pour ce composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:588
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "En-têtes Visibles"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:589
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Affiche les boutons d'en-tête de colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:596
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "En-têtes cliquables"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:597
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Les en-têtes de colonnes sont sensibles aux clics"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:604
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Colonne d'expandeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:605
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Défini la colonne pour la colonne d'expandeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:620
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Astuce de règles"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:621
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Défini une astuce pour le moteur de thème pour dessiner les rangées dans des "
"couleurs alternatives"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:628
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activer la recherche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:629
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"La vue permets à l'utilisateur de rechercher interactivement dans les "
"colonnes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:636
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Colonne de recherche"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:637
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "Colonne de modèle à rechercher lors d'une recherche interactive"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:657
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Mode de hauteur fixe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:658
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Accélère le GtkTreeView en partant du principe que toutes les lignes ont la "
"même hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:678
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Sélection par survol"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:679
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indique si la sélection doit suivre le pointeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:698
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expansion par survol"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:699
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
2005-01-08 07:50:46 +00:00
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si les lignes doivent être ouvertes/refermées lorsque le pointeur "
"passe par dessus"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:713
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Afficher les icônes d'extension"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:714
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "La vue a des icônes d'extension"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:728
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Indentation hiérarchique"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:729
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Indentation supplémentaire pour chaque niveau"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:738
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Étirement"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:739
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indique s'il faut activer la sélection de plusieurs éléments en glissant le "
"pointeur de la souris"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:746
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Activer les lignes de la grille"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:747
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les lignes de la grille doivent être dessinées dans l'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:755
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activer les lignes d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:756
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les lignes d'arborescence doivent être dessinées dans "
"l'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:764
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr ""
"La colonne du modèle qui contient les textes d'infobulle pour les lignes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:786
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largeur du séparateur vertical"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:787
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espace vertical entre les cellules. Doit être un nombre pair"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:795
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largeur du séparateur horizontal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:796
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espacement horizontal entre les cellules. Doit être un nombe pair"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:804
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Autoriser les règles"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:805
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Autoriser le dessin des lignes avec des couleurs alternées"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:811
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Indenter les expandeurs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:812
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Rend les expandeurs indentés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:818
msgid "Even Row Color"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur des lignes paires"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:819
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur à utiliser pour les lignes paires"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:825
msgid "Odd Row Color"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur des lignes impaires"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:826
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Couleur à utiliser pour les lignes impaires"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:832
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Row Ending details"
msgstr "Détails des fins de ligne"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:833
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
msgstr "Active la thématisation étendue de l'arrière-plan des lignes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:839
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Largeur des lignes de grille"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:840
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Largeur, en pixels, des lignes de la grille d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:846
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largeur des lignes d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:847
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largeur, en pixels, des lignes d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:853
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Motif des lignes de grille"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:854
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
"Motif du trait utilisé pour dessiner les lignes de grille d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:860
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Motif des lignes d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:861
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr "Motif du trait utilisé pour dessiner les lignes d'arborescence"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:193
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indique si cette colonne doit être affichée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:200 gtk/gtkwindow.c:542
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionnable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:201
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "La colonne est redimensionnable par l'utilisateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:209
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largeur actuelle de la colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:218
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Espace inséré entre les cellules"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Taille"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Mode de redimensionnement de la colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largeur fixe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:236
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Taille fixe actuelle de la colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:245
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largeur minimum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:246
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largeur minimum de la colonne autorisée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largeur maximum"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largeur maximum de la colonne autorisée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Titre à afficher dans l'en-tête de la colonne"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr ""
"Colonne reçoit une partie de la largeur supplémentaire allouée au composant "
"graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:281
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Cliquable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indique si l'on peut cliquer sur l'en-tête"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Composant graphique à placer dans l'en-tête de la colonne à la place du titre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Alignement en X du texte de l'en-tête de la colonne ou du composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indique si la colonne peut être réordonné autour des en-têtes"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicateur de tri"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indique si un indicateur de tri doit être affiché"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Ordre de tri"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Direction du tri que l'indicateur de tri doit indiquer"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
msgstr "ID de colonne pour le tri"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
# Source file : Setting the sort column ID makes the column header clickable.
# Set to %-1 to make the column unsortable.
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-09-01 07:43:36 +00:00
"ID logique de colonne de tri utilisé par cette colonne lorsqu'elle est "
"sélectionnée pour un tri"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:227
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si des éléments de séparation du menu doivent être ajoutés aux menus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:234
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Définition de l'IU fusionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:235
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Une chaîne XML décrivant l'IU fusionnée"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:107
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"Le GtkAdjustement qui détermine les valeurs de la position horizontale pour "
"ce viewport"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:115
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"Le GtkAdjustement qui détermine les valeurs de la position verticale pour ce "
"viewport"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:123
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Détermine de combien les boîtes ombrées autour du viewport sont dessinés"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:553
msgid "Widget name"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Nom du composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:554
msgid "The name of the widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Le nom du composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:560
msgid "Parent widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Composant graphique parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:561
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Le composant graphique parent de ce composant graphique. Cela doit être un "
"conteneur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:568
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Requête de largeur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:569
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Force la requête de largeur du composant graphique, ou -1 si la requête "
"naturel doit être utilisé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:577
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Requête de hauteur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:578
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Force la requête de hauteur du composant graphique, ou -1 si la requête "
"naturel doit être utilisé"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:587
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique est visible"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:594
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique répond aux entrées de l'utilisateur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:600
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr "Application peignable"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:601
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si l'application peindra directement sur le composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:607
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Peut obtenir le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:608
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique peut obtenir le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:614
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "A le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:615
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique a le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:621
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "A le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:622
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le composant graphique est celui qui a le focus au plus haut "
"niveau"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:628
msgid "Can default"
msgstr "Peut être le défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:629
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le composant graphique peut être le composant graphique par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:635
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "A une valeur par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:636
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le composant graphique est le composant graphique par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:642
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Reçoit par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:643
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, le composant graphique recevra l'action par défaut quand il a le "
"focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:649
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fils composite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:650
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si le composant graphique fait partie d'un composant graphique "
"composite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:656
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Style"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:657
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Le style du composant graphique, qui contient des informations au sujet de "
"son aspect (couleurs, ...)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:663
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Événements"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:664
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Le masque d'événements qui indique les différents GdkEvents que ce composant "
"graphique reçoit"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:671
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Événements d'extension"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:672
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"Le masque d'événements qui indique les différents événements d'extension que "
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"ce composant graphique reçoit"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:679
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Ne pas tout afficher"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:680
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr ""
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
"Indique si gtk_widget_show_all() ne doit pas affecter ce composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:703
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique a une infobulle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:759
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:760
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "La fenêtre du composant graphique, s'il est créé."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:774
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
msgstr "Double tampon"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:775
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered"
msgstr "Indique si le composant graphique est doublement mis en tampon"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2403
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Focus intérieur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2404
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Indique si l'indicateur de focus doit être dessiné à l'intérieur des "
"composants graphiques"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2410
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Épaisseur de l'indicateur de focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2411
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Épaisseur, en pixels, de la ligne permettant d'indiquer le focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2417
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Type de pointillés de l'indicateur de focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2418
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Type de pointillés utilisé pour dessiner l'indicateur de focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2423
msgid "Focus padding"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Bourrage du focus"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2424
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr ""
"Espacement, en pixels, entre l'indicateur de focus et la « boîte » du "
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"composant graphique"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2429
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Couleur du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2430
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Couleur utilisée pour dessiner le curseur d'insertion"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2435
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Couleur alternative du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2436
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Couleur à utiliser pour afficher le curseur d'insertion secondaire utilisé "
"lors de l'édition simultanée de texte s'écrivant de droite à gauche et de "
"gauche à droite"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2441
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Ratio d'aspect de la ligne de curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2442
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Ratio d'aspect avec lequel dessiner l'insertion du curseur"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2456
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Draw Border"
msgstr "Dessiner Bordure"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2457
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
msgstr "Taille de la surface à dessiner autour du composant graphique"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2470
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Couleur des liens non visités"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2471
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Couleur des liens non visités"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2484
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Couleur des liens visités"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2485
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Couleur des liens visités"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2499
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Séparateurs larges"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2500
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indique si les séparateurs ont une largeur configurable et s'ils doivent "
"être affichés sous forme de boîte au lieu d'une ligne"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2514
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largeur des séparateurs"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2515
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr ""
"La largeur des séparateurs, pour autant que les séparateurs larges soient "
"activés (wide-separators=TRUE)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2529
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Hauteur des séparateurs"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2530
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La hauteur des séparateurs, pour autant que les séparateurs larges soient "
"activés (wide-separators=TRUE)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2544
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Longueur de flèche de la barre de défilement horizontale"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2545
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "La longueur des flèches des barres de défilement horizontales"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2559
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Longueur de flèche de la barre de défilement verticale"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2560
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "La longueur des flèches des barres de défilement verticales"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:483
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Type de fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:484
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "Le type de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:492
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Titre de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:493
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "Le titre de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:500
msgid "Window Role"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Rôle de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:501
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
"Identifiant unique pour la fenêtre à utiliser lors de la restauration d'une "
"session"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:517
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de démarrage"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:518
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identifiant unique de démarrage pour la fenêtre, utilisé par startup-"
"notification"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:525
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "Autoriser la compression"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:527
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, la fenêtre n'a pas de taille minimale. Mettre cette valeur à VRAI "
"est une mauvaise idée dans 99% des cas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:534
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "Autoriser l'agrandissement"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:535
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, les utilisateurs peuvent rendre la fenêtre plus grande que sa "
"taille minimale"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:543
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Si VRAI, les utilisateurs peuvent redimensionner la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:550
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:551
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"Si VRAI, la fenêtre est modale (les autres fenêtres ne peuvent pas être "
"utilisées tant que celle-ci est ouverte)"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:558
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Position de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:559
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "La position initiale de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:567
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Largeur par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:568
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"La largeur par défaut de la fenêtre, utilisé lors de l'affichage initial de "
"cette fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:577
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Hauteur par défaut"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:578
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"La hauteur par défaut de la fenêtre, utilisé lors de l'affichage initial de "
"la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:587
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Détruire en même temps que le parent"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:588
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr ""
"Indique si cette fenêtre doit être détruite quand le parent est détruit"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:596
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icône pour cette fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:602
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-02-06 22:00:16 +00:00
msgstr "Lettres-raccourcis visibles"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:603
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgstr ""
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
"Indique si les lettres-raccourcis sont actuellement visibles dans cette "
"fenêtre"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:619
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nom de l'icône personnalisé pour cette fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:634
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Est actif"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:635
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si la fenêtre de plus haut niveau est la fenêtre active actuelle"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Activation au haut niveau"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indique si le focus de saisie est dans ce GtkWindow"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Astuce de saisie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:651
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Astuce pour aider les environnement de bureau à comprendre quel est le type "
"de la fenêtre et comment la gérer."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:659
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Ignorer la barre de tâches"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:660
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "VRAI si la fenêtre ne doit pas être dans la barre de tâches."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:667
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Ignorer le pager"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:668
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "VRAI si la fenêtre ne doit pas être dans le pager."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:675
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
2005-12-14 22:15:18 +00:00
msgstr "Urgent"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:676
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "VRAI si la fenêtre doit attirer l'attention de l'utilisateur."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:690
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Accepte l'activation"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:691
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "VRAI si la fenêtre doit recevoir le focus en entrée."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:705
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Prendre la main sur demande"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:706
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "VRAI si la fenêtre doit recevoir la main sur la saisie."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:720
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Décoré"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:721
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indique si la fenêtre doit être décorée par le gestionnaire de fenêtres"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:735
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Supprimable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:736
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr ""
"Indique si le cadre de la fenêtre doit disposer d'un bouton de fermeture"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:752
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravité"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:753
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
2004-02-08 16:12:52 +00:00
msgstr "La gravité de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:770
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Fenêtre parente transitoire"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:771
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "La fenêtre parente liée de la boîte de dialogue"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:786
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacité de la fenêtre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:787
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "L'opacité de la fenêtre, de 0 à 1"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:334
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Style de préédition IM"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:335
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Comment dessiner la chaîne de pré-édition de la méthode de saisie"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:343
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Style d'état IM"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:344
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
2004-01-24 12:34:32 +00:00
msgstr "Comment dessiner la barre d'état de la méthode de saisie"